Initial TQt conversion

273 files changed, 5879 insertions, 5879 deletions

diff --git a/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h
index 139d7f7..762b98f 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -68,37 +68,37 @@ class KAccelAction
  public:
 	KAccelAction();
 	KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& );
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
 	void clear();
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& );
 
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcut() const          { return m_cut; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const;
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const  { return m_cutDefault3; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const  { return m_cutDefault4; }
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 	const char* methodSlotPtr() const          { return m_psMethodSlot; }
 	bool isConfigurable() const                { return m_bConfigurable; }
 	bool isEnabled() const                     { return m_bEnabled; }
 
-	void setName( const QString& );
-	void setLabel( const QString& );
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& );
+	void setName( const TQString& );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& );
 	bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts );
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 	void setConfigurable( bool );
 	void setEnabled( bool );
 
@@ -110,19 +110,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	void clearShortcut();
 	bool contains( const KKeySequence& );
 
-	QString toString() const;
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	static bool useFourModifierKeys();
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -153,28 +153,28 @@ class KAccelActions
 
 	void clear();
 	bool init( const KAccelActions& );
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& );
 
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint );
 	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const;
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut );
 	KAccelAction& operator []( uint );
 	const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const;
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	void emitKeycodeChanged();
diff --git a/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h
index 1a80eee..86889d5 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h
index c52e43d..4624c23 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/kicontheme.h
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -94,53 +94,53 @@ public:
     /**
      * Load an icon theme by name.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon.
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public:
     bool isValid() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      */
     int depth() const { return mDepth; }
@@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ public:
     /**
      * Query available sizes for a group.
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     static void reconfigure();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h
index faeb99c..c6250b2 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -17,26 +17,26 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 			{ m_sym = 0; }
 		Sym( uint sym )
 			{ m_sym = sym; }
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
-		bool init( const QString& );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
+		bool init( const TQString& );
 
 		int qt() const;
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 		uint getSymVariation() const;
 
 		operator uint() const { return m_sym; }
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	struct Key
@@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		uint m_mod;
 		uint m_sym;
 
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
 
 		uint code() const { return m_code; }
 		uint mod() const { return m_mod; }
 		uint sym() const { return m_sym; }
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key );
 		int compare( const Key& ) const;
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 	bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX );
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 	bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod );
 
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
 
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 };
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h
index af33ca8..6bce731 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected:
 };
 
 // This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 76a721c..91cdef2 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,15 +135,15 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -265,18 +265,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
 protected slots:
   void slotClicked();
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21 2002/03/04 00:51:52 lunakl Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h
index b013817..d82786a 100644
--- a/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde300/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h
index 139d7f7..762b98f 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -68,37 +68,37 @@ class KAccelAction
  public:
 	KAccelAction();
 	KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& );
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
 	void clear();
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& );
 
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcut() const          { return m_cut; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const;
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const  { return m_cutDefault3; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const  { return m_cutDefault4; }
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 	const char* methodSlotPtr() const          { return m_psMethodSlot; }
 	bool isConfigurable() const                { return m_bConfigurable; }
 	bool isEnabled() const                     { return m_bEnabled; }
 
-	void setName( const QString& );
-	void setLabel( const QString& );
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& );
+	void setName( const TQString& );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& );
 	bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts );
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 	void setConfigurable( bool );
 	void setEnabled( bool );
 
@@ -110,19 +110,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	void clearShortcut();
 	bool contains( const KKeySequence& );
 
-	QString toString() const;
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	static bool useFourModifierKeys();
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -153,28 +153,28 @@ class KAccelActions
 
 	void clear();
 	bool init( const KAccelActions& );
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& );
 
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint );
 	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const;
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut );
 	KAccelAction& operator []( uint );
 	const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const;
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	void emitKeycodeChanged();
diff --git a/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h
index 1a80eee..86889d5 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h
index c52e43d..4624c23 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/kicontheme.h
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -94,53 +94,53 @@ public:
     /**
      * Load an icon theme by name.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon.
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public:
     bool isValid() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      */
     int depth() const { return mDepth; }
@@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ public:
     /**
      * Query available sizes for a group.
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     static void reconfigure();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h
index faeb99c..c6250b2 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -17,26 +17,26 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 			{ m_sym = 0; }
 		Sym( uint sym )
 			{ m_sym = sym; }
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
-		bool init( const QString& );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
+		bool init( const TQString& );
 
 		int qt() const;
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 		uint getSymVariation() const;
 
 		operator uint() const { return m_sym; }
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	struct Key
@@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		uint m_mod;
 		uint m_sym;
 
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
 
 		uint code() const { return m_code; }
 		uint mod() const { return m_mod; }
 		uint sym() const { return m_sym; }
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key );
 		int compare( const Key& ) const;
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 	bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX );
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 	bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod );
 
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
 
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 };
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h
index af33ca8..6bce731 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected:
 };
 
 // This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h
index bb6806b..612cb32 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,18 +135,18 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { return QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { return TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -268,18 +268,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   bool isRaised() const;
   bool isActive() const;
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.1 2002/04/28 20:59:16 wtrobin Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h
index b013817..d82786a 100644
--- a/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde301/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h
index 139d7f7..762b98f 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -68,37 +68,37 @@ class KAccelAction
  public:
 	KAccelAction();
 	KAccelAction( const KAccelAction& );
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
 	void clear();
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	KAccelAction& operator=( const KAccelAction& );
 
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcut() const          { return m_cut; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault() const;
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault3() const  { return m_cutDefault3; }
 	const KShortcut& shortcutDefault4() const  { return m_cutDefault4; }
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 	const char* methodSlotPtr() const          { return m_psMethodSlot; }
 	bool isConfigurable() const                { return m_bConfigurable; }
 	bool isEnabled() const                     { return m_bEnabled; }
 
-	void setName( const QString& );
-	void setLabel( const QString& );
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& );
+	void setName( const TQString& );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& );
 	bool setShortcut( const KShortcut& rgCuts );
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 	void setConfigurable( bool );
 	void setEnabled( bool );
 
@@ -110,19 +110,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	void clearShortcut();
 	bool contains( const KKeySequence& );
 
-	QString toString() const;
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	static bool useFourModifierKeys();
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -153,28 +153,28 @@ class KAccelActions
 
 	void clear();
 	bool init( const KAccelActions& );
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	void updateShortcuts( KAccelActions& );
 
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint );
 	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( uint ) const;
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( KKeySequence cut );
 	KAccelAction& operator []( uint );
 	const KAccelAction& operator []( uint ) const;
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	void emitKeycodeChanged();
diff --git a/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h
index 1a80eee..86889d5 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h
index c52e43d..4624c23 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/kicontheme.h
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -94,53 +94,53 @@ public:
     /**
      * Load an icon theme by name.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon.
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public:
     bool isValid() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      */
     int depth() const { return mDepth; }
@@ -163,17 +163,17 @@ public:
     /**
      * Query available sizes for a group.
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @ref #KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     static void reconfigure();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h
index faeb99c..c6250b2 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -17,26 +17,26 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 			{ m_sym = 0; }
 		Sym( uint sym )
 			{ m_sym = sym; }
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
-		bool init( const QString& );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
+		bool init( const TQString& );
 
 		int qt() const;
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 		uint getSymVariation() const;
 
 		operator uint() const { return m_sym; }
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	struct Key
@@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		uint m_mod;
 		uint m_sym;
 
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
 
 		uint code() const { return m_code; }
 		uint mod() const { return m_mod; }
 		uint sym() const { return m_sym; }
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		Key& operator =( const KKeyNative& key );
 		int compare( const Key& ) const;
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 	bool modToModX( uint mod, uint& modX );
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 	bool modXToMod( uint modX, uint& mod );
 
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
 
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 };
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h
index af33ca8..6bce731 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ protected:
 };
 
 // This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 23b6937..65d96d8 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,18 +135,18 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -268,18 +268,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   bool isRaised() const;
   bool isActive() const;
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.21.2.2 2002/05/26 13:09:06 carewolf Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h
index b013817..d82786a 100644
--- a/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde303/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h
index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h
index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h
index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/kicontheme.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null 
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null 
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to 
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /** 
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. 
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h
index dfb7445..14f3494 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @param s the description of the symbol
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 	  /**
-	   * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 	  
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * @internal
 	   */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 	   * @return the string representation of the symbol
 	   */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 	  /**
-	   * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as 
-	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a 
+	   * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as 
+	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a 
 	   * Ctrl to be valid.
-	   * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's
+	   * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's
 	   * @see KKey::ModFlag
 	   */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-	  /// Code for native Keys in Qt
+	  /// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 	  /// The code of the key
@@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey.
 	   * @param key the key to get the data from
-	   * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+	   * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 	   *            for the native key code
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 	   * @return true if native code of the window system,
-	   *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * Returns the qt key code.
 	   * @return the qt key code
 	   */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Sets the qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 	
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
@@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a 
@@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 };
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h
index 7901df3..5a36b02 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h
index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h
index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644
--- a/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde310/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins
      *
      * @since 3.1
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h
index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h
index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h
index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/kicontheme.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null 
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null 
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to 
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /** 
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. 
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h
index dfb7445..14f3494 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @param s the description of the symbol
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 	  /**
-	   * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 	  
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * @internal
 	   */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 	   * @return the string representation of the symbol
 	   */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 	  /**
-	   * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as 
-	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a 
+	   * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as 
+	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a 
 	   * Ctrl to be valid.
-	   * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's
+	   * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's
 	   * @see KKey::ModFlag
 	   */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-	  /// Code for native Keys in Qt
+	  /// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 	  /// The code of the key
@@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey.
 	   * @param key the key to get the data from
-	   * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+	   * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 	   *            for the native key code
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 	   * @return true if native code of the window system,
-	   *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * Returns the qt key code.
 	   * @return the qt key code
 	   */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Sets the qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 	
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
@@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a 
@@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 };
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h
index bda8938..26c200a 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h
index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h
index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644
--- a/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde311/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins
      *
      * @since 3.1
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h
index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h
index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h
index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/kicontheme.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null 
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null 
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to 
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /** 
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. 
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h
index dfb7445..14f3494 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @param s the description of the symbol
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 	  /**
-	   * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 	  
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * @internal
 	   */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 	   * @return the string representation of the symbol
 	   */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 	  /**
-	   * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as 
-	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a 
+	   * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as 
+	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a 
 	   * Ctrl to be valid.
-	   * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's
+	   * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's
 	   * @see KKey::ModFlag
 	   */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-	  /// Code for native Keys in Qt
+	  /// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 	  /// The code of the key
@@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey.
 	   * @param key the key to get the data from
-	   * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+	   * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 	   *            for the native key code
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 	   * @return true if native code of the window system,
-	   *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * Returns the qt key code.
 	   * @return the qt key code
 	   */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Sets the qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 	
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
@@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a 
@@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 };
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h
index 7901df3..5a36b02 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h
index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h
index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644
--- a/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde312/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins
      *
      * @since 3.1
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h
index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h
index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h
index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/kicontheme.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null 
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null 
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to 
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /** 
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. 
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h
index dfb7445..14f3494 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @param s the description of the symbol
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 	  /**
-	   * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 	  
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * @internal
 	   */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 	   * @return the string representation of the symbol
 	   */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 	  /**
-	   * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as 
-	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a 
+	   * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as 
+	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a 
 	   * Ctrl to be valid.
-	   * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's
+	   * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's
 	   * @see KKey::ModFlag
 	   */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-	  /// Code for native Keys in Qt
+	  /// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 	  /// The code of the key
@@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey.
 	   * @param key the key to get the data from
-	   * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+	   * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 	   *            for the native key code
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 	   * @return true if native code of the window system,
-	   *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * Returns the qt key code.
 	   * @return the qt key code
 	   */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Sets the qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 	
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
@@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a 
@@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 };
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h
index 7901df3..5a36b02 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h
index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h
index 1d2ae39..299cf66 100644
--- a/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde313/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins
      *
      * @since 3.1
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h
index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h
index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h
index fb26d56..ce2d3ec 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/kicontheme.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null 
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null 
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to 
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /** 
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. 
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h
index d458922..8dda931 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @param s the description of the symbol
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 	  /**
-	   * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 	  
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * @internal
 	   */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 	   * @return the string representation of the symbol
 	   */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 	  /**
-	   * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as 
-	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a 
+	   * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as 
+	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a 
 	   * Ctrl to be valid.
-	   * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's
+	   * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's
 	   * @see KKey::ModFlag
 	   */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-	  /// Code for native Keys in Qt
+	  /// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 	  /// The code of the key
@@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey.
 	   * @param key the key to get the data from
-	   * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+	   * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 	   *            for the native key code
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 	   * @return true if native code of the window system,
-	   *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * Returns the qt key code.
 	   * @return the qt key code
 	   */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Sets the qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 	
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
@@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a 
@@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h
index 1857f5d..9db548f 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h
index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h
index 2b62e4c..75c0153 100644
--- a/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde314/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins
      *
      * @since 3.1
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h
index 7a368a9..1d3fcb0 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h
index 219eaf4..45464ae 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h
index 023acad..d332d81 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/kicontheme.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -161,71 +161,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null 
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null 
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to 
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /** 
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay. 
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See @ref #KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -288,19 +288,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h
index d458922..8dda931 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @param s the description of the symbol
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 	  /**
-	   * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 	  
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * @return true if succesful, false otherwise
 	   * @see toString()
 	   */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * @internal
 	   */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 	   * @return the string representation of the symbol
 	   */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 	  /**
-	   * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as 
-	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a 
+	   * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as 
+	   * ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a 
 	   * Ctrl to be valid.
-	   * @return the required @ref KKey::ModFlag's
+	   * @return the retquired @ref KKey::ModFlag's
 	   * @see KKey::ModFlag
 	   */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 	  /**
 	   * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-	  /// Code for native Keys in Qt
+	  /// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 	  /// The code of the key
@@ -131,18 +131,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes the key with a @ref KKey.
 	   * @param key the key to get the data from
-	   * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+	   * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 	   *            for the native key code
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 	  /**
 	   * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 	   * @return true if native code of the window system,
-	   *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-	   * @see Qt::Key
+	   *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+	   * @see TQt::Key
 	   * @see KKeyNative
 	   */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -169,14 +169,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	   * Returns the qt key code.
 	   * @return the qt key code
 	   */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Sets the qt key code.
-	   * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	   * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	   */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 	  /**
 	   * Initializes this key with a @ref KKeyNative.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 		
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -318,47 +318,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 	
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to 
@@ -373,14 +373,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param sym if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a 
@@ -417,19 +417,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed @ref KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h
index 1857f5d..9db548f 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h
index 15554eb..0aa8353 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 121ecc6..3abf695 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by @ref KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap);
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap);
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
+  void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool /*generate*/ ) { setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon);
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon);
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon);
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Give this button a popup menu.  There will not be a delay when
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param toggle if true, makes the button "sticky" (toggled)
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool toggle = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.26 2002/09/28 15:16:22 tjansen Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h
index 2b62e4c..75c0153 100644
--- a/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde315/kurifilter.h
@@ -29,20 +29,20 @@
 class KURIFilterPrivate;
 class KURIFilterDataPrivate;
 
-class QStringList;
+class TQStringList;
 class KCModule;
 
 /**
 * This is a basic message object used for exchanging filtering
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
-* whenever the application requires more information about the
+* whenever the application retquires more information about the
 * URI than just a filtered version of it.  Any application can
 * create an instance of this class and send it to @ref KURIFilter
 * to have the filter plugins fill the necessary information.
 *
 * @sect Example
 * <pre>
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   if( filtered )
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.     
      */    
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
     
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& /* abs_path */ );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& /* abs_path */ );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the supplied data has an absolute path.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns true if the current data is a local resource with
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource
      */    
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
     
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
     /**
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      */
-    void init( const KURL& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const KURL& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bFiltered;
     bool m_bChanged;
     
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
     
     KURL m_pURI; 
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin.
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, @p null if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
      * @return the name of a configuration module or @p null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -377,9 +377,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
  * simply invoke the corresponding function to obtain
  * the filtered string or URL instead of a boolean flag:
  * <pre>
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * </pre>
  *
  * You can also specify only specific filter(s) to be applied
@@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ private:
  * enteries in the \".desktop\" files.  Here are a couple of
  * examples:
  * <pre>
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "KShortURIFilter" );
  *
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "KShortURIFilter" << "MyFilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * </pre>
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -560,16 +560,16 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins
      *
      * @since 3.1
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde320/configwidget.h b/extra/kde320/configwidget.h
index 643df88..313fb27 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h
index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h
index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h
index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/kicontheme.h
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h
index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h
index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h
index 8189276..f8c255b 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/ksharedptr.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just
  * use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * @author Waldo Bastian <[email protected]>
diff --git a/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h
index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 065617a..b152a6b 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h
index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/kurifilter.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h
index b5e962c..804501b 100644
--- a/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde320/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde321/configwidget.h b/extra/kde321/configwidget.h
index 643df88..313fb27 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h
index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h
index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h
index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/kicontheme.h
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h
index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h
index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h
index e8dc877..238304b 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/ksharedptr.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just
  * use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * @author Waldo Bastian <[email protected]>
diff --git a/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h
index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 065617a..b152a6b 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h
index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/kurifilter.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h
index b5e962c..804501b 100644
--- a/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde321/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde322/configwidget.h b/extra/kde322/configwidget.h
index 643df88..313fb27 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h
index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h
index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h
index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/kicontheme.h
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h
index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h
index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h
index e8dc877..238304b 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/ksharedptr.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just
  * use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * @author Waldo Bastian <[email protected]>
diff --git a/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h
index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 065617a..b152a6b 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h
index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/kurifilter.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h
index b5e962c..804501b 100644
--- a/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde322/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde323/configwidget.h b/extra/kde323/configwidget.h
index 643df88..313fb27 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h
index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h
index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h
index 967daa2..5bf5b0d 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/kicontheme.h
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -164,71 +164,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h
index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h
index ba89800..6aba706 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -177,10 +177,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h
index 83c3268..bdd3182 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h
index e8dc877..238304b 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/ksharedptr.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers perfectly. So just
  * use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * @author Waldo Bastian <[email protected]>
diff --git a/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h
index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 065617a..b152a6b 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.34 2003/09/09 12:40:58 bhards Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h
index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/kurifilter.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h
index b5e962c..804501b 100644
--- a/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde323/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde330/configwidget.h b/extra/kde330/configwidget.h
index 643df88..313fb27 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h
index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h
index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h
index 8d54a60..885c704 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/kicontheme.h
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -166,71 +166,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -293,19 +293,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -317,20 +317,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h
index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h
index 7023f50..e264732 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-    bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-    bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+    bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+    bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
     bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;            // characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;            // characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h
index e4f2da4..0938475 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h
index da710a3..2b124ed 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/ksharedptr.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h
index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h
index be0460b..bf4baf1 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h
index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/kurifilter.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h
index b5e962c..804501b 100644
--- a/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde330/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde331/configwidget.h b/extra/kde331/configwidget.h
index 643df88..313fb27 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h
index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h
index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h
index 9e603b0..d664ffe 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/kicontheme.h
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -168,71 +168,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -295,19 +295,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -319,20 +319,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h
index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h
index 7023f50..e264732 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-    bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-    bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+    bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+    bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
     bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;            // characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;            // characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h
index e4f2da4..0938475 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h
index da710a3..2b124ed 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/ksharedptr.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h
index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h
index be0460b..bf4baf1 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h
index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/kurifilter.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h
index b5e962c..804501b 100644
--- a/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde331/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde332/configwidget.h b/extra/kde332/configwidget.h
index 643df88..313fb27 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h
index 9967e4f..a6a010b 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h
index 3ddce3a..d1c35c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver_x11.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ class KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ class KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ class KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ class KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h
index 72fbf92..db683c8 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/kicontheme.h
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -168,71 +168,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -295,19 +295,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -319,20 +319,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
 //    KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h
index cf1b360..076cdb1 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -167,14 +167,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -316,47 +316,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -415,19 +415,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h
index 7023f50..e264732 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
     public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-    bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-    bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+    bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+    bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
     bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;            // characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;            // characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h
index e4f2da4..0938475 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h
index 71f771b..656f4f9 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h
index da710a3..2b124ed 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/ksharedptr.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h
index 9cc1257..025d1b9 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h
index be0460b..bf4baf1 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.36 2004/03/18 02:50:16 bmeyer Exp $
 */
-class KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h
index 8c5f5fe..ef89095 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/kurifilter.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -491,25 +491,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -606,15 +606,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h
index b5e962c..804501b 100644
--- a/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde332/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde340/configwidget.h b/extra/kde340/configwidget.h
index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h
index 52ae113..d52988b 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h
index f366940..94bd57d 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h
index 24574be..e12ffc7 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
 //    KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h
index 63fcb63..a8d18ef 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -338,47 +338,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -393,20 +393,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -443,19 +443,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h
index a899374..51c49f5 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h
index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 29da509..b7ff371 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h
index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h
index 20b899a..2d23825 100644
--- a/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde340/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde341/configwidget.h b/extra/kde341/configwidget.h
index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h
index 52ae113..d52988b 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h
index f366940..94bd57d 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h
index 24574be..e12ffc7 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
 //    KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h
index 63fcb63..a8d18ef 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -338,47 +338,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -393,20 +393,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -443,19 +443,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h
index a899374..51c49f5 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h
index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 29da509..b7ff371 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h,v 1.39 2004/12/22 14:08:36 faure Exp $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h
index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h
index 20b899a..2d23825 100644
--- a/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde341/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde342/configwidget.h b/extra/kde342/configwidget.h
index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h
index 52ae113..d52988b 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h
index f366940..94bd57d 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h
index acd122e..c484443 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
 //    KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h
index eed3d30..e9b9f58 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -451,19 +451,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h
index a899374..51c49f5 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h
index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h
index b26071c..fa275e5 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h
index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h
index 20b899a..2d23825 100644
--- a/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde342/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde343/configwidget.h b/extra/kde343/configwidget.h
index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h
index 52ae113..d52988b 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName,
+	TQString m_sName,
 	        m_sLabel,
 	        m_sWhatsThis;
 	KShortcut m_cut;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3, m_cutDefault4;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot;
 	bool m_bConfigurable,
 	     m_bEnabled;
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -491,9 +491,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -502,14 +502,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h
index f366940..94bd57d 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	KAccelActions& actions();
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKey& key );
 	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const KKeyServer::Key& key );
 
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	bool getAutoUpdate() { return m_bAutoUpdate; }
@@ -147,21 +147,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h
index acd122e..c484443 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
 //    KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h
index eed3d30..e9b9f58 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -451,19 +451,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h
index a899374..51c49f5 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited();
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
     virtual bool openFile() {return false;} // never used
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ signals:
  protected slots:
     void showShell();
     void slotProcessExited();
-    void slotReceivedData( const QString& s );
+    void slotReceivedData( const TQString& s );
 
 //    void doneSession(TESession*);
     void sessionDestroyed();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
 //    ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
-    QString     fontNotFound_par;
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     fontNotFound_par;
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
 };
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h
index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h
index b26071c..fa275e5 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,22 +277,22 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 372745 2004-12-22 14:08:36Z dfaure $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h
index 21ad4ed..c69657c 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h
index 20b899a..2d23825 100644
--- a/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde343/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde350/configwidget.h b/extra/kde350/configwidget.h
index ae76397..aeb49d8 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/configwidget.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/configwidget.h
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@
 
 namespace KRES {
 
-class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public QWidget
+class KRESOURCES_EXPORT ConfigWidget : public TQWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
   public:
-    ConfigWidget( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ConfigWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     /**
       Sets the widget to 'edit' mode. Reimplement this method if you are
diff --git a/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h
index 2785277..e2d583c 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
+	TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
 	        m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */,
 	        m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */;
 	KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, 
 		  m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */;
 	bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */,
 	     m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */;
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled       if true the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h
index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 	/** Const version of the above. */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with
 	*   the key @p key. This function takes into account the
 	*   key mapping defined in the constructor.
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	/** Returns the name of the configuration group these
 	*   accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts".
 	*/
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
 	/** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing
 	*   accelerators.
 	*/
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	/** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */
@@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h
index c1ea330..e82d85a 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h
index b0a9766..d03553b 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string
@@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
          * @internal
          * @since 3.5
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h
index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
 class KActionMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited( KProcess * );
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
     void forkedChild();
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
  //   ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
     void newSession();
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
     void setAutoDestroy( bool );
     void setAutoStartShell( bool );
 };
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h b/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h
index 3b81d9c..8d04c50 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/krecentdirs.h
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSETQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
@@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ public:
      * Returns a list of directories associated with this file-class.
      * The most recently used directory is at the front of the list.
      */
-    static QStringList list(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQStringList list(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Returns the most recently used directory accociated with this file-class.
      */
-    static QString dir(const QString &fileClass);
+    static TQString dir(const TQString &fileClass);
     
     /**
      * Associates @p directory with @p fileClass
      */
-    static void add(const QString &fileClass, const QString &directory);
+    static void add(const TQString &fileClass, const TQString &directory);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  bool event(QEvent *e);
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  bool event(TQEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h
index 355ce38..20999ad 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h b/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h
index 20b899a..2d23825 100644
--- a/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h
+++ b/extra/kde350/selectdialog.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class Resource;
  *
  * \code
  *
- * QPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
+ * TQPtrList<Resource> list = ... // can be retrived from KRES::Manager (e.g. KABC::AddressBook)
  *
  * KABC::Resource *res = KABC::SelectDialog::getResource( list, parentWdg );
  * if ( !res ) {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * @param parent The parent widget
      * @param name   The name of the dialog
      */
-    SelectDialog( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0,
+    SelectDialog( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0,
         const char *name = 0);
 
     /**
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class KRESOURCES_EXPORT SelectDialog
      * Opens a dialog showing the available resources and returns the resource the
      * user has selected. Returns 0, if the dialog was canceled.
      */
-    static Resource *getResource( QPtrList<Resource> list, QWidget *parent = 0 );
+    static Resource *getResource( TQPtrList<Resource> list, TQWidget *parent = 0 );
 
   private:
     KListBox *mResourceId;
 
-    QMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
+    TQMap<int, Resource*> mResourceMap;
 };
 
 }
diff --git a/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h
index 2785277..e2d583c 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
+	TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
 	        m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */,
 	        m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */;
 	KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, 
 		  m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */;
 	bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */,
 	     m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */;
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled       if true the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h
index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 	/** Const version of the above. */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with
 	*   the key @p key. This function takes into account the
 	*   key mapping defined in the constructor.
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	/** Returns the name of the configuration group these
 	*   accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts".
 	*/
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
 	/** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing
 	*   accelerators.
 	*/
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	/** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */
@@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h
index 1261b15..0648d63 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h
index b0a9766..d03553b 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string
@@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
          * @internal
          * @since 3.5
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h
index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
 class KActionMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited( KProcess * );
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
     void forkedChild();
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
  //   ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
     void newSession();
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
     void setAutoDestroy( bool );
     void setAutoStartShell( bool );
 };
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  bool event(QEvent *e);
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  bool event(TQEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h
index 355ce38..20999ad 100644
--- a/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde351/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h
index 2785277..e2d583c 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
+	TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
 	        m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */,
 	        m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */;
 	KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, 
 		  m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */;
 	bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */,
 	     m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */;
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled       if true the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h
index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 	/** Const version of the above. */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with
 	*   the key @p key. This function takes into account the
 	*   key mapping defined in the constructor.
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	/** Returns the name of the configuration group these
 	*   accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts".
 	*/
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
 	/** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing
 	*   accelerators.
 	*/
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	/** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */
@@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h
index 1261b15..0648d63 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h
index b0a9766..d03553b 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string
@@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
          * @internal
          * @since 3.5
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h
index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
 class KActionMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited( KProcess * );
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
     void forkedChild();
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
  //   ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
     void newSession();
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
     void setAutoDestroy( bool );
     void setAutoStartShell( bool );
 };
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  bool event(QEvent *e);
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  bool event(TQEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h
index 355ce38..20999ad 100644
--- a/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde352/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected:
 
diff --git a/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h b/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h
index 2785277..e2d583c 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/kaccelaction.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 class KAccelBase;
 
-class QObject;
+class TQObject;
 class KConfig;
 class KConfigBase;
 
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bConfigurable if true the user can configure the shortcut
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 */
-	KAccelAction( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 	~KAccelAction();
 
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param bEnabled true if the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	bool init( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& cutDef3, const KShortcut& cutDef4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			bool bConfigurable, bool bEnabled );
 
 	/**
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the name of the accelerator action, can be null if not 
 	 *         set
 	 */
-	const QString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
+	const TQString& name() const                { return m_sName; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the label of the accelerator action, can be null if
 	 *         not set
 	 */
-	const QString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
+	const TQString& label() const               { return m_sLabel; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the What's This text of the accelerator action.
 	 * @return the What's This text of the accelerator action, can be
 	 *         null if not set
 	 */
-	const QString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
+	const TQString& whatsThis() const           { return m_sWhatsThis; }
 	
 	/**
 	 * The shortcut that is actually used (may be used configured).
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Returns the receiver of signals.
 	 * @return the receiver of signals (can be 0 if not set)
 	 */
-	const QObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
+	const TQObject* objSlotPtr() const          { return m_pObjSlot; }
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the slot for the signal.
@@ -218,19 +218,19 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * Sets the name of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param name the new name
 	 */
-	void setName( const QString& name );
+	void setName( const TQString& name );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the user-readable label of the accelerator action.
 	 * @param label the new label (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setLabel( const QString& label );
+	void setLabel( const TQString& label );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the What's This text for the accelerator action.
 	 * @param whatsThis the new What's This text (i18n!)
 	 */
-	void setWhatsThis( const QString& whatsThis );
+	void setWhatsThis( const TQString& whatsThis );
 
 	/**
 	 * Sets the new shortcut of the accelerator action.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @param pObjSlot the receiver object of the signal
 	 * @param psMethodSlot the slot for the signal
 	 */
-	void setSlot( const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	void setSlot( const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	/**
 	 * Enables or disabled configuring the action.
@@ -308,12 +308,12 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	 * @return the string representation of the action's shortcut.
 	 * @see KShortcut::toString()
 	 */
-	QString toString() const;
+	TQString toString() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	QString toStringInternal() const;
+	TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns true if four modifier keys will be used.
@@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelAction
 	static void useFourModifierKeys( bool use );
 
  protected:
-	QString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
+	TQString m_sName /**< Name of accel. @sa setName() */,
 	        m_sLabel /**< Label of accel. User-visible. */,
 	        m_sWhatsThis /**< WhatsThis help for accel. User-visible. */;
 	KShortcut m_cut /**< Shortcut actually assigned. */;
 	KShortcut m_cutDefault3 /**< Default shortcut in 3-modifier layout */, 
 		  m_cutDefault4 /**< Default shortcur in 4-modifier layout */;
-	const QObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
+	const TQObject* m_pObjSlot /**< Object we will send signals to. */;
 	const char* m_psMethodSlot /**< Slot we send signals to, in m_pObjSlot */;
 	bool m_bConfigurable /**< Can this accel be configured by the user? */,
 	     m_bEnabled /**< Is this accel enabled? */;
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sGroup the group in the configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const QString& sGroup );
+	bool init( KConfigBase& config, const TQString& sGroup );
 
 	/**
 	 * Updates the shortcuts of all actions in this object
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sAction the action to search
 	 * @return the index of the action, or -1 if not found
 	 */
-	int actionIndex( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	int actionIndex( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given @p index.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given name.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @return the KAccelAction with the given name, or 0
 	 *          if not found
 	 */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 
 	/**
 	 * Returns the action with the given key sequence.
@@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bEnabled       if true the accelerator should be enabled
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sAction, const QString& sLabel, const QString& sWhatsThis,
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sLabel, const TQString& sWhatsThis,
 			const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-			const QObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
+			const TQObject* pObjSlot = 0, const char* psMethodSlot = 0,
 			bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
 
 	/**
@@ -505,14 +505,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param sLabel the label of the accelerator (i18n!)
 	 * @return the new action
 	 */
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sLabel );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sLabel );
 
 	/**
 	 * Removes the given action.
 	 * @param sAction the name of the action.
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
 
 	/**
 	 * Loads the actions from the given configuration file.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param pConfig the configuration file to load from
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool readActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
+	bool readActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 );
 
 	/**
 	 * Writes the actions to the given configuration file.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelActions
 	 * @param bGlobal true to write to the global configuration file
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 	 */
-	bool writeActions( const QString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
+	bool writeActions( const TQString& sConfigGroup = "Shortcuts", KConfigBase* pConfig = 0,
 			bool bWriteAll = false, bool bGlobal = false ) const;
 
 	/**
diff --git a/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h b/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h
index e21c00c..4bc104e 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/kaccelbase.h
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #include "kaccelaction.h"
 #include "kkeyserver.h"
 
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QWidget;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQWidget;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------
 
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	bool isEnabled() const;
 
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction named @p sAction. */
-	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction );
+	KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction );
 	/** Const version of the above. */
-	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const QString& sAction ) const;
+	const KAccelAction* actionPtr( const TQString& sAction ) const;
 	/** Returns a pointer to the KAccelAction associated with
 	*   the key @p key. This function takes into account the
 	*   key mapping defined in the constructor.
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	/** Returns the name of the configuration group these
 	*   accelerators are stored in. The default is "Shortcuts".
 	*/
-	const QString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
+	const TQString& configGroup() const { return m_sConfigGroup; }
 	/** Set the group (in the configuration file) for storing
 	*   accelerators.
 	*/
-	void setConfigGroup( const QString& group );
+	void setConfigGroup( const TQString& group );
 	void setConfigGlobal( bool global );
 	virtual void setEnabled( bool bEnabled ) = 0;
 	/** Returns whether autoupdate is enabled for these accelerators. */
@@ -177,21 +177,21 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 // Procedures for manipulating Actions.
 	//void clearActions();
 
-	KAccelAction* insert( const QString& sName, const QString& sDesc );
+	KAccelAction* insert( const TQString& sName, const TQString& sDesc );
 	KAccelAction* insert(
-	                 const QString& sAction, const QString& sDesc, const QString& sHelp,
+	                 const TQString& sAction, const TQString& sDesc, const TQString& sHelp,
 	                 const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults3, const KShortcut& rgCutDefaults4,
-	                 const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
+	                 const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot,
 			 bool bConfigurable = true, bool bEnabled = true );
-	bool remove( const QString& sAction );
-	bool setActionSlot( const QString& sAction, const QObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
+	bool remove( const TQString& sAction );
+	bool setActionSlot( const TQString& sAction, const TQObject* pObjSlot, const char* psMethodSlot );
 
 	bool updateConnections();
 
-	bool setShortcut( const QString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
+	bool setShortcut( const TQString& sAction, const KShortcut& cut );
 
 // Modify individual Action sub-items
-	bool setActionEnabled( const QString& sAction, bool bEnable );
+	bool setActionEnabled( const TQString& sAction, bool bEnable );
 
 	/**
 	 * Read all key associations from @p config, or (if @p config
@@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 	 */
 	void writeSettings( KConfigBase* pConfig = 0 ) const;
 
-	QPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( QWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
+	TQPopupMenu* createPopupMenu( TQWidget* pParent, const KKeySequence& );
 
  // Protected methods
  protected:
 	void slotRemoveAction( KAccelAction* );
 
 	struct X;
-	void createKeyList( QValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
+	void createKeyList( TQValueVector<struct X>& rgKeys );
 	bool insertConnection( KAccelAction* );
 	bool removeConnection( KAccelAction* );
 
@@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ class TDECORE_EXPORT KAccelBase
 		ActionInfo( KAccelAction* _pAction, uint _iSeq, uint _iVariation )
 			{ pAction = _pAction; iSeq = _iSeq; iVariation = _iVariation; }
 	};
-	typedef QMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
+	typedef TQMap<KKeyServer::Key, ActionInfo> KKeyToActionMap;
 
 	KAccelActions m_rgActions;
 	KKeyToActionMap m_mapKeyToAction;
-	QValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
-	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of Qt codes
+	TQValueList<KAccelAction*> m_rgActionsNonUnique;
+	bool m_bNativeKeys; // Use native key codes instead of TQt codes
 	bool m_bEnabled;
 	bool m_bConfigIsGlobal;
-	QString m_sConfigGroup;
+	TQString m_sConfigGroup;
 	bool m_bAutoUpdate;
 	KAccelAction* mtemp_pActionRemoving;
 
diff --git a/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h b/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h
index 1261b15..0648d63 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/kicontheme.h
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
     /**
      * The full path of the icon.
      */
-    QString path;
+    TQString path;
 
 private:
     KIconPrivate *d;
@@ -185,71 +185,71 @@ public:
      * @param appName the name of the application. Can be null. This argument
      *        allows applications to have themed application icons.
      */
-    KIconTheme(const QString& name, const QString& appName=QString::null);
+    KIconTheme(const TQString& name, const TQString& appName=TQString::null);
     ~KIconTheme();
 
     /**
      * The stylized name of the icon theme.
      * @return the (human-readable) name of the theme
      */
-    QString name() const { return mName; }
+    TQString name() const { return mName; }
 
     /**
      * A description for the icon theme.
-     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, QString::null
+     * @return a human-readable description of the theme, TQString::null
      *         if there is none
      */
-    QString description() const { return mDesc; }
+    TQString description() const { return mDesc; }
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the "example" icon. This can be used to
      * present the theme to the user.
-     * @return the name of the example icon, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the example icon, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString example() const;
+    TQString example() const;
 
     /**
      * Return the name of the screenshot.
-     * @return the name of the screenshot, QString::null if there is none
+     * @return the name of the screenshot, TQString::null if there is none
      */
-    QString screenshot() const;
+    TQString screenshot() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's link overlay.
      * @return the name of the link overlay
      */
-    QString linkOverlay() const;
+    TQString linkOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's zip overlay.
      * @return the name of the zip overlay
      */
-    QString zipOverlay() const;
+    TQString zipOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's lock overlay.
      * @return the name of the lock overlay
      */
-    QString lockOverlay() const;
+    TQString lockOverlay() const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of this theme's share overlay.
      * @return the name of the share overlay
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QString shareOverlay () const;
+    TQString shareOverlay () const;
 
     /**
      * Returns the toplevel theme directory.
      * @return the directory of the theme
      */
-    QString dir() const { return mDir; }
+    TQString dir() const { return mDir; }
 
     /**
      * The themes this icon theme falls back on.
      * @return a list of icon themes that are used as fall-backs
      */
-    QStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
+    TQStringList inherits() const { return mInherits; }
 
     /**
      * The icon theme exists?
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public:
     bool isHidden() const;
 
     /**
-     * The minimum display depth required for this theme. This can either
+     * The minimum display depth retquired for this theme. This can either
      * be 8 or 32.
      * @return the minimum bpp (8 or 32)
      */
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
      * @param group The icon group. See KIcon::Group.
      * @return a list of available sized for the given group
      */
-    QValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
+    TQValueList<int> querySizes(KIcon::Group group) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a size and context.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIcons(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
     /**
      * Query available icons for a context and preferred size.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public:
      * @param context the context of the icons
      * @return the list of icon names
      */
-    QStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
+    TQStringList queryIconsByContext(int size, KIcon::Context context = KIcon::Any) const;
 
 
     /**
@@ -312,19 +312,19 @@ public:
      * @return A KIcon class that describes the icon. If an icon is found,
      * @see KIcon::isValid will return true, and false otherwise.
      */
-    KIcon iconPath(const QString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
+    KIcon iconPath(const TQString& name, int size, KIcon::MatchType match) const;
 
     /**
      * List all icon themes installed on the system, global and local.
      * @return the list of all icon themes
      */
-    static QStringList list();
+    static TQStringList list();
 
     /**
      * Returns the current icon theme.
      * @return the name of the current theme
      */
-    static QString current();
+    static TQString current();
 
     /**
      * Reconfigure the theme.
@@ -336,20 +336,20 @@ public:
      * @return the name of the default theme name
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    static QString defaultThemeName();
+    static TQString defaultThemeName();
 
 private:
     int mDefSize[8];
-    QValueList<int> mSizes[8];
+    TQValueList<int> mSizes[8];
 
     int mDepth;
-    QString mDir, mName, mDesc;
-    QStringList mInherits;
-//    QPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
+    TQString mDir, mName, mDesc;
+    TQStringList mInherits;
+//    TQPtrList<KIconThemeDir> mDirs;
     KIconThemePrivate *d;
 
-    static QString *_theme;
-    static QStringList *_theme_list;
+    static TQString *_theme;
+    static TQStringList *_theme_list;
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h b/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h
index b0a9766..d03553b 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/kkeyserver_x11.h
@@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @param s the description of the symbol
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		Sym( const QString& s )
+		Sym( const TQString& s )
 			{ init( s ); }
 
 		/**
-		 * Initializes the symbol with the given Qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * Initializes the symbol with the given TQt key code.
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 */
-		bool initQt( int keyQt );
+		bool initTQt( int keyTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with the given string description.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
 		 * @see toString()
 		 */
-		bool init( const QString &s );
+		bool init( const TQString &s );
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the qt key code of the symbol.
@@ -92,22 +92,22 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * @internal
 		 */
-		QString toStringInternal() const;
+		TQString toStringInternal() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * Returns the string representation of the symbol.
 		 * @return the string representation of the symbol
 		 */
-		QString toString() const;
+		TQString toString() const;
 
 		/**
-		 * Returns the mods that are required for this symbol as
-		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break requires a
+		 * Returns the mods that are retquired for this symbol as
+		 * ORed KKey::ModFlag's. For example, Break retquires a
 		 * Ctrl to be valid.
-		 * @return the required KKey::ModFlag's
+		 * @return the retquired KKey::ModFlag's
 		 * @see KKey::ModFlag
 		 */
-		uint getModsRequired() const;
+		uint getModsRetquired() const;
 
 		/**
 		 * TODO: please find out what this method does and document it
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		Sym& operator =( uint sym ) { m_sym = sym; return *this; }
 
 	 private:
-		QString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
+		TQString toString( bool bUserSpace ) const;
 
-		static void capitalizeKeyname( QString& );
+		static void capitalizeKeyname( TQString& );
 	};
 
 	/**
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 */
 	struct TDECORE_EXPORT Key
 	{
-		/// Code for native Keys in Qt
+		/// Code for native Keys in TQt
 		enum { CODE_FOR_QT = 256 };
 
 		/// The code of the key
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		/**
 		 * Initializes the key with a KKey.
 		 * @param key the key to get the data from
-		 * @param bQt true to take the Qt keycode, false
+		 * @param bTQt true to take the TQt keycode, false
 		 *            for the native key code
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
-		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bQt );
+		bool init( const KKey& key, bool bTQt );
 
 		/**
 		 * Checks whether the key code is a native code.
 		 * @return true if native code of the window system,
-		 *         false if it is a Qt keycode
-		 * @see Qt::Key
+		 *         false if it is a TQt keycode
+		 * @see TQt::Key
 		 * @see KKeyNative
 		 */
 		bool isNative() const { return m_code != CODE_FOR_QT; }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 		 * Returns the qt key code.
 		 * @return the qt key code
 		 */
-		int keyCodeQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
+		int keyCodeTQt() const { return (int) m_sym; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Sets the qt key code.
-		 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+		 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 		 */
-		void setKeycodeQt( int keyQt )
-			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyQt; }
+		void setKeycodeTQt( int keyTQt )
+			{ m_code = CODE_FOR_QT; m_sym = keyTQt; }
 
 		/**
 		 * Initializes this key with a KKeyNative.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 		Variations() { m_nVariations = 0; }
 
-		void init( const KKey&, bool bQt );
+		void init( const KKey&, bool bTQt );
 
 		uint count() const { return m_nVariations; }
 		const Key& key( uint i ) const { return m_rgkey[i]; }
@@ -346,47 +346,47 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	TDECORE_EXPORT uint accelModMaskX();
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the symbol from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the symbol from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts it to a symbol.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param sym if successful, the symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToSym( int keyQt, uint& sym );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToSym( int keyTQt, uint& sym );
 
 	/**
-	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given Qt key and
+	 * Extracts the modifiers from the given TQt key and
 	 * converts them in a mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers.
-	 * @param keyQt the qt key code
+	 * @param keyTQt the qt key code
 	 * @param mod if successful, the modifiers will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyQtToMod( int keyQt, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool keyTQtToMod( int keyTQt, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the given symbol to a Qt key code.
+	 * Converts the given symbol to a TQt key code.
 	 * @param sym the symbol
-	 * @param keyQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
+	 * @param keyTQt if successful, the qt key code will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyQt( uint sym, int& keyQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool symToKeyTQt( uint sym, int& keyTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param mod the mask of KKey::ModFlag modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here,
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here,
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see KKey
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModQt( uint mod, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modToModTQt( uint mod, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to
@@ -401,20 +401,20 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
-	 * a mask of ORed Qt key code modifiers.
+	 * a mask of ORed TQt key code modifiers.
 	 * @param modX the mask of X11 modifiers
-	 * @param modQt the mask of Qt key code modifiers will be written here
+	 * @param modTQt the mask of TQt key code modifiers will be written here
 	 *        if successful
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 */
 	//wrapped for win32
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModQt( uint modX, int& modQt );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool modXToModTQt( uint modX, int& modTQt );
 
 	/**
-	 * Converts the Qt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
+	 * Converts the TQt-compatible button state to x11 modifier. 
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( Qt::ButtonState s );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT int qtButtonStateToMod( TQt::ButtonState s );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed X11 modifiers to
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param modX the mask of ORed X11 modifiers
 	 * @param symX if successful, the X11 symbol will be written here
 	 * @return true if successful, false otherwise
-	 * @see Qt::Key
+	 * @see TQt::Key
 	 * @see Sym
 	 */
 	TDECORE_EXPORT bool codeXToSym( uchar codeX, uint modX, uint& symX );
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringInternal( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers to a
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ namespace KKeyServer
 	 * @param mod the mask of ORed KKey::ModFlag modifiers
 	 * @return the user-readable string
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT QString modToStringUser( uint mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT TQString modToStringUser( uint mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * Converts the modifier given as user-readable string
@@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ namespace KKeyServer
          * @internal
          * @since 3.5
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const QString& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT uint stringUserToMod( const TQString& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const QString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT bool stringToSymMod( const TQString&, uint& sym, uint& mod );
 
 	/**
 	 * @internal
 	 * Unimplemented?
 	 */
-	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyQtToKeyX( uint keyCombQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
+	TDECORE_EXPORT void keyTQtToKeyX( uint keyCombTQt, unsigned char *pKeyCodeX, uint *pKeySymX, uint *pKeyModX );
 }
 
 #endif // !_KKEYSERVER_X11_H
diff --git a/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h b/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h
index 16028ea..d526c1a 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/konsole_part.h
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 
 class KInstance;
 class konsoleBrowserExtension;
-class QPushButton;
-class QSpinBox;
+class TQPushButton;
+class TQSpinBox;
 class KPopupMenu;
 class KActionMenu;
-class QCheckBox;
+class TQCheckBox;
 class KRootPixmap;
 class KToggleAction;
 class KSelectAction;
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ public:
     konsoleFactory();
     virtual ~konsoleFactory();
 
-    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(QWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
-                                     QObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+    virtual KParts::Part* createPartObject(TQWidget *parentWidget = 0, const char *widgetName = 0,
+                                     TQObject* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                                      const char* classname = "KParts::Part",
-                                     const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+                                     const TQStringList &args = TQStringList());
 
     static KInstance *instance();
 
@@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ class konsolePart: public KParts::ReadOnlyPart, public TerminalInterface, public
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 	public:
-    konsolePart(QWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, QObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
+    konsolePart(TQWidget *parentWidget, const char *widgetName, TQObject * parent, const char *name, const char *classname = 0);
     virtual ~konsolePart();
 
 signals:
     void processExited( KProcess * );
-    void receivedData( const QString& s );
+    void receivedData( const TQString& s );
     void forkedChild();
  protected:
     virtual bool openURL( const KURL & url );
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ signals:
     void enableMasterModeConnections();
 
  private slots:
-    void emitOpenURLRequest(const QString &url);
+    void emitOpenURLRequest(const TQString &url);
 
     void readProperties();
     void saveProperties();
@@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ signals:
 //    void setSchema(ColorSchema* s);
     void updateKeytabMenu();
 
-	bool doOpenStream( const QString& );
-	bool doWriteStream( const QByteArray& );
+	bool doOpenStream( const TQString& );
+	bool doWriteStream( const TQByteArray& );
 	bool doCloseStream();
 
-    QWidget* parentWidget;
+    TQWidget* parentWidget;
 //    TEWidget* te;
 //    TESession* se;
  //   ColorSchemaList* colors;
@@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ signals:
     KPopupMenu* m_options;
     KPopupMenu* m_popupMenu;
 
-    QFont       defaultFont;
+    TQFont       defaultFont;
 
-    QString     pmPath; // pixmap path
-    QString     s_schema;
-    QString     s_kconfigSchema;
-    QString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
+    TQString     pmPath; // pixmap path
+    TQString     s_schema;
+    TQString     s_kconfigSchema;
+    TQString     s_word_seps;			// characters that are considered part of a word
 
     bool        b_framevis:1;
     bool        b_histEnabled:1;
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ signals:
 public:
     // these are the implementations for the TermEmuInterface
     // functions...
-    void startProgram( const QString& program,
-                       const QStrList& args );
+    void startProgram( const TQString& program,
+                       const TQStrList& args );
     void newSession();
-    void showShellInDir( const QString& dir );
-    void sendInput( const QString& text );
+    void showShellInDir( const TQString& dir );
+    void sendInput( const TQString& text );
     void setAutoDestroy( bool );
     void setAutoStartShell( bool );
 };
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public:
 public:
   HistoryTypeDialog(const HistoryType& histType,
                     unsigned int histSize,
-                    QWidget *parent);
+                    TQWidget *parent);
 
 public slots:
   void slotDefault();
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ public slots:
   bool isOn() const;
 
 protected:
-  QCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
-  QSpinBox*  m_size;
-  QPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
+  TQCheckBox* m_btnEnable;
+  TQSpinBox*  m_size;
+  TQPushButton* m_setUnlimited;
 };*/
 
 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h b/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h
index 293b26a..3e33239 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/kpanelmenu.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
      * Construct a KPanelMenu object. This is the normal constructor to use when
      * building extrernal menu entries.
      */
-    KPanelMenu(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Constructor used internally by Kicker. You don't really want to use it.
      * @param startDir a directory to associate with this menu
@@ -67,25 +67,25 @@ public:
      * @param name name of the object
      * @see path(), setPath()
      */
-    KPanelMenu(const QString &startDir, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+    KPanelMenu(const TQString &startDir, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
     /**
      * Destructor.
      */
     virtual ~KPanelMenu();
 
     /**
-     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or QString::null if
+     * Get the directory path associated with this menu, or TQString::null if
      * there's no such associated path.
      * @return the associated directory path
      * @see setPath()
      */
-    const QString& path() const;
+    const TQString& path() const;
     /**
      * Set a directory path to be associated with this menu.
      * @param p the directory path
      * @see path()
      */
-    void setPath(const QString &p);
+    void setPath(const TQString &p);
     /**
      * Tell if the menu has been initialized, that is it already contains items.
      * This is useful when you need to know if you have to clear the menu, or to
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Re-implemented for internal reasons.
      */
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent *ev);
+    virtual void hideEvent(TQHideEvent *ev);
     /**
      * For internal use only. Used by constructors.
      */
-    void init(const QString& path = QString::null);
+    void init(const TQString& path = TQString::null);
 
 protected:
     virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
diff --git a/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h b/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h
index 16ece72..4d19652 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/ksharedptr.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
  * count is 0.  This struct emulates C++ pointers virtually perfectly.
  * So just use it like a simple C++ pointer.
  *
- * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over QShared / QSharedPtr
+ * KShared and KSharedPtr are preferred over TQShared / TQSharedPtr
  * since they are more safe.
  *
  * WARNING: Please note that this class template provides an implicit
diff --git a/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h b/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h
index fddfb8e..b515860 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/ksycocafactory.h
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@
 #include <qdict.h>
 #include <qptrlist.h>
 class KSycoca;
-class QStringList;
-class QString;
+class TQStringList;
+class TQString;
 class KSycocaDict;
 class KSycocaResourceList;
 
-typedef QDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
+typedef TQDict<KSycocaEntry::Ptr> KSycocaEntryDict;
 
 /**
  * @internal
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     * Construct an entry from a config file.
     * To be implemented in the real factories.
     */
-   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const QString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
+   virtual KSycocaEntry *createEntry(const TQString &file, const char *resource) = 0;
 
    /**
     * Add an entry
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void save(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void save(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * Writes out a header to the stream 'str'.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
     * Don't forget to call the parent first when you override 
     * this function.
     */
-   virtual void saveHeader(QDataStream &str);
+   virtual void saveHeader(TQDataStream &str);
 
    /**
     * @return the resources for which this factory is responsible.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ protected:
    int m_sycocaDictOffset;
    int m_beginEntryOffset;
    int m_endEntryOffset;
-   QDataStream *m_str;
+   TQDataStream *m_str;
 
    KSycocaResourceList *m_resourceList;
    KSycocaEntryDict *m_entryDict;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected:
 /** This, instead of a typedef, allows to declare "class ..." in header files
  * @internal
  */
-class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public QPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
+class TDECORE_EXPORT KSycocaFactoryList : public TQPtrList<KSycocaFactory>
 {
 public:
    KSycocaFactoryList() { }
diff --git a/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h b/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h
index 1c97cb7..c901793 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/ktoolbarbutton.h
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@
 class KToolBar;
 class KToolBarButtonPrivate;
 class KInstance;
-class QEvent;
-class QPopupMenu;
-class QPainter;
+class TQEvent;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQPainter;
 
 /**
  * A toolbar button. This is used internally by KToolBar, use the
  * KToolBar methods instead.
  * @internal
  */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public QToolButton
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButton : public TQToolButton
 {
   Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ public:
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    * @param _instance the instance to use for this button
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QString& icon, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null,
+  KToolBarButton(const TQString& icon, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null,
                  KInstance *_instance = KGlobal::instance());
 
   /**
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ public:
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    * @param txt    This button's text (in a tooltip or otherwise)
    */
-  KToolBarButton(const QPixmap& pixmap, int id, QWidget *parent,
-                 const char *name=0L, const QString &txt=QString::null);
+  KToolBarButton(const TQPixmap& pixmap, int id, TQWidget *parent,
+                 const char *name=0L, const TQString &txt=TQString::null);
 
   /**
    * Construct a separator button
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
    * @param parent This button's parent
    * @param name   This button's internal name
    */
-  KToolBarButton(QWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
+  KToolBarButton(TQWidget *parent=0L, const char *name=0L);
 
   /**
    * Standard destructor
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The active pixmap
    */
-  // this one is from QButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
-  virtual void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  // this one is from TQButton, so #ifdef-ing it out doesn't break BC
+  virtual void setPixmap(const TQPixmap &pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param pixmap The pixmap to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledPixmap(const TQPixmap& pixmap) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param text The button (or tooltip) text
    */
-  virtual void setText(const QString &text);
+  virtual void setText(const TQString &text);
 
   /**
    * Set the icon for this button. The icon will be loaded internally
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The name of the icon
    */
-  virtual void setIcon(const QString &icon);
+  virtual void setIcon(const TQString &icon);
 
   /// @since 3.1
-  virtual void setIcon( const QPixmap &pixmap )
-  { QToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
+  virtual void setIcon( const TQPixmap &pixmap )
+  { TQToolButton::setIcon( pixmap ); }
 
   /**
-   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a QIconSet.
+   * Set the pixmaps for this toolbar button from a TQIconSet.
    * If you call this you don't need to call any of the other methods
    * that set icons or pixmaps.
    * @param iconset  The iconset to use
    */
-  virtual void setIconSet( const QIconSet &iconset );
+  virtual void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &iconset );
 
 #ifndef KDE_NO_COMPAT
   /**
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
    * @param generate If true, then the other icons are automagically
    *                 generated from this one
    */
-  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const QString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
+  KDE_DEPRECATED void setIcon(const TQString &icon, bool generate ) { Q_UNUSED(generate); setIcon( icon ); }
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use as the default (normal) one
    */
-  void setDefaultIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDefaultIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 
   /**
    * @deprecated
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
    *
    * @param icon The icon to use when disabled
    */
-  void setDisabledIcon(const QString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
+  void setDisabledIcon(const TQString& icon) KDE_DEPRECATED;
 #endif
 
   /**
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ public:
   /**
    * Return a pointer to this button's popup menu (if it exists)
    */
-  QPopupMenu *popup();
+  TQPopupMenu *popup();
 
   /**
    * Returns the button's id.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ public:
    * @param p The new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setPopup (QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setPopup (TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Gives this button a delayed popup menu.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
    * @param p the new popup menu
    * @param unused Has no effect - ignore it.
    */
-  void setDelayedPopup(QPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
+  void setDelayedPopup(TQPopupMenu *p, bool unused = false);
 
   /**
    * Turn this button into a radio button
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ signals:
    * and whether any keyboard modifiers were held.
    * @since 3.4
    */
-  void buttonClicked(int, Qt::ButtonState state);
+  void buttonClicked(int, TQt::ButtonState state);
   void doubleClicked(int);
   void pressed(int);
   void released(int);
@@ -277,23 +277,23 @@ public slots:
    * orientation changing, etc.
    */
    void modeChange();
-   virtual void setTextLabel(const QString&, bool tipToo);
+   virtual void setTextLabel(const TQString&, bool tipToo);
 
 protected:
-  bool event(QEvent *e);
-  void paletteChange(const QPalette &);
-  void leaveEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void enterEvent(QEvent *e);
-  void drawButton(QPainter *p);
-  bool eventFilter (QObject *o, QEvent *e);
+  bool event(TQEvent *e);
+  void paletteChange(const TQPalette &);
+  void leaveEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void enterEvent(TQEvent *e);
+  void drawButton(TQPainter *p);
+  bool eventFilter (TQObject *o, TQEvent *e);
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   /// @since 3.4
-  void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * );
+  void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
   void showMenu();
-  QSize sizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-  QSize minimumSize() const;
+  TQSize sizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+  TQSize minimumSize() const;
 
   /// @since 3.1
   bool isRaised() const;
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ private:
 * @internal
 * @version $Id: ktoolbarbutton.h 465272 2005-09-29 09:47:40Z mueller $
 */
-class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public QIntDict<KToolBarButton>
+class TDEUI_EXPORT KToolBarButtonList : public TQIntDict<KToolBarButton>
 {
 public:
    KToolBarButtonList();
diff --git a/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h b/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h
index 355ce38..20999ad 100644
--- a/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h
+++ b/extra/kde353/kurifilter.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * information between the filter plugins and the application
 * requesting the filtering service.
 *
-* Use this object if you require a more detailed information
+* Use this object if you retquire a more detailed information
 * about the URI you want to filter. Any application can create
 * an instance of this class and send it to KURIFilter to
 * have the plugins fill out all possible information about the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class KCModule;
 * \b Example
 *
 * \code
-*   QString text = "kde.org";
+*   TQString text = "kde.org";
 *   KURIFilterData d = text;
 *   bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filter( d );
 *   cout << "URL: " << text.latin1() << endl
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url is the string to be filtered.
      */
-    KURIFilterData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    KURIFilterData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Copy constructor.
@@ -161,11 +161,11 @@ public:
      * This functions returns the error message set
      * by the plugin whenever the uri type is set to
      * KURIFilterData::ERROR.  Otherwise, it returns
-     * a QString::null.
+     * a TQString::null.
      *
      * @return the error message or a NULL when there is none.
      */
-    QString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
+    TQString errorMsg() const { return m_strErrMsg; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the URI type.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @param url the string to be filtered.
      */
-    void setData( const QString& url ) { init( url ); }
+    void setData( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); }
 
     /**
      * Same as above except the argument is a URL.
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ public:
      * @param abs_path  the abolute path to the local resource.
      * @return true if absolute path is successfully set. Otherwise, false.
      */
-    bool setAbsolutePath( const QString& abs_path );
+    bool setAbsolutePath( const TQString& abs_path );
 
     /**
      * Returns the absolute path if one has already been set.
-     * @return the absolute path, or QString::null
+     * @return the absolute path, or TQString::null
      * @see hasAbsolutePath()
      */
-    QString absolutePath() const;
+    TQString absolutePath() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the supplied data had an absolute path.
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ public:
      * Returns the command line options and arguments for a
      * local resource when present.
      *
-     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise QString::null
+     * @return options and arguments when present, otherwise TQString::null
      */
-    QString argsAndOptions() const;
+    TQString argsAndOptions() const;
 
     /**
      * Checks whether the current data is a local resource with
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ public:
      * is found.
      *
      * @return the name of the icon associated with the resource,
-     *         or QString::null if not found
+     *         or TQString::null if not found
      */
-    QString iconName();
+    TQString iconName();
 
     /**
      * Check whether the provided uri is executable or not.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ public:
      * @return the string as typed by the user, before any URL processing is done
      * @since 3.2
      */
-    QString typedString() const;
+    TQString typedString() const;
 
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ public:
     /**
      * Overloaded assigenment operator.
      *
-     * This function allows you to easily assign a QString
+     * This function allows you to easily assign a TQString
      * to a KURIFilterData object.
      *
      * @return an instance of a KURIFilterData object.
      */
-    KURIFilterData& operator=( const QString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
+    KURIFilterData& operator=( const TQString& url ) { init( url ); return *this; }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ protected:
      * Initializes the KURIFilterData on construction.
      * @param url the URL to initialize the object with
      */
-    void init( const QString& url = QString::null );
+    void init( const TQString& url = TQString::null );
 
 private:
     bool m_bCheckForExecutables;
     bool m_bChanged;
 
-    QString m_strErrMsg;
-    QString m_strIconName;
+    TQString m_strErrMsg;
+    TQString m_strIconName;
 
     KURL m_pURI;
     URITypes m_iType;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private:
  *
  * @short Abstract class for URI filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public QObject
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPlugin : public TQObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ public:
      * @param name the name of the plugin, or 0 for no name
      * @param pri the priority of the plugin.
      */
-    KURIFilterPlugin( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
+    KURIFilterPlugin( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, double pri = 1.0 );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's name.
      *
      * @return A string naming the filter.
      */
-    virtual QString name() const { return m_strName; }
+    virtual TQString name() const { return m_strName; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the filter's priority.
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ public:
      *
      * @return A configuration module, 0 if the filter isn't configurable.
      */
-    virtual KCModule *configModule( QWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
+    virtual KCModule *configModule( TQWidget*, const char* ) const { return 0; }
 
     /**
      * Returns the name of the configuration module for the filter.
      *
-     * @return the name of a configuration module or QString::null if none.
+     * @return the name of a configuration module or TQString::null if none.
      */
-    virtual QString configName() const { return name(); }
+    virtual TQString configName() const { return name(); }
 
 protected:
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ protected:
     /**
      * Sets the error message in @p data to @p errormsg.
      */
-    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& errmsg ) const {
+    void setErrorMsg ( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& errmsg ) const {
         data.m_strErrMsg = errmsg;
     }
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ protected:
      * Sets the arguments and options string in @p data
      * to @p args if any were found during filterting.
      */
-    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const QString& args ) const;
+    void setArguments( KURIFilterData& data, const TQString& args ) const;
 
-    QString m_strName;
+    TQString m_strName;
     double m_dblPriority;
 
 protected:
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ private:
 /**
  * A list of filter plugins.
  */
-class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public QPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
+class KIO_EXPORT KURIFilterPluginList : public TQPtrList<KURIFilterPlugin>
 {
 public:
     virtual int compareItems(Item a, Item b)
@@ -494,25 +494,25 @@ private:
  * of a boolean flag:
  *
  * \code
- * QString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
+ * TQString u = KURIFilter::self()->filteredURI( "kde.org" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * You can also restrict the filter(s) to be used by supplying
  * the name of the filter(s) to use.  By defualt all available
  * filters will be used. To use specific filters, add the names
- * of the filters you want to use to a QStringList and invoke
+ * of the filters you want to use to a TQStringList and invoke
  * the appropriate filtering function. The examples below show
  * the use of specific filters. The first one uses a single
  * filter called kshorturifilter while the second example uses
  * multiple filters:
  *
  * \code
- * QString text = "kde.org";
+ * TQString text = "kde.org";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, "kshorturifilter" );
  * \endcode
  *
  * \code
- * QStringList list;
+ * TQStringList list;
  * list << "kshorturifilter" << "localdomainfilter";
  * bool filtered = KURIFilter::self()->filterURI( text, list );
  * \endcode
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURIFilterData& data, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters the URI given by the URL.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Filters a string representing a URI.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a boolean indicating whether the URI has been changed
      */
-    bool filterURI( QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    bool filterURI( TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Returns the filtered URI.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    KURL filteredURI( const KURL &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return a filtered string representation of a URI.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ public:
      *
      * @return the filtered URI or null if it cannot be filtered
      */
-    QString filteredURI( const QString &uri, const QStringList& filters = QStringList() );
+    TQString filteredURI( const TQString &uri, const TQStringList& filters = TQStringList() );
 
     /**
      * Return an iterator to iterate over all loaded
@@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ public:
      *
      * @return a plugin iterator.
      */
-    QPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
+    TQPtrListIterator<KURIFilterPlugin> pluginsIterator() const;
 
     /**
      * Return a list of the names of all loaded plugins.
      *
-     * @return a QStringList of plugin names
+     * @return a TQStringList of plugin names
      * @since 3.1
      */
-    QStringList pluginNames() const;
+    TQStringList pluginNames() const;
 
 protected: